From 507411064313477ddd45ddddcc3507545bc6460f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Fri, 6 Nov 2015 15:36:18 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] first synchronisation for Dutch --- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 9869 ++++++++++++++++++++++++ locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 23 + locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 23 + locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 5759 ++++++++++++++ locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 880 +++ 5 files changed, 16554 insertions(+) create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce854703d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -0,0 +1,9869 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-06 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Financieel" + +#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "Bank & Kas" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "Bank feeds" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" +msgstr "Importeert CODA afschrift bestanden (alleen België)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +msgid "" +"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" +" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " +"bank statements." +msgstr "CODA is een bestandsformaat voor bankafschriften in België. De meeste Belgische banken en Isabel software staan u toe om een CODA bestand te downloaden met al uw bankafschriften." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "Met Odoo kan u een CODA bestand downloaden van u bank of financiële software en direct in Odoo importeren. Dit maakt alle bankafschriften aan." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " +"`__" +msgstr "Test deze optie nu 'met dit voorbeeld CODA bestand `__" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:31 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +msgid "Install the CODA feature" +msgstr "Installeer de CODA optie" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " +"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" +" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " +"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " +"in .CODA Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +msgid "Import your first CODA file" +msgstr "Importeer uw eerste CODA bestand" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " +"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " +"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +msgid "Importing CODA files" +msgstr "CODA bestanden importeren" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " +"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " +"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" +" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" +" bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`ofx`" +msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`qif`" +msgstr ":doc:`qif`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" +msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr ":doc:`manual`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "Registreer manueel bankafschriften" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " +"but also register your bank statements manually." +msgstr "Met Odoo kan u bankafschriften importeren, synchroniseren met uw bank maar ook uw bankafschriften manueel registreren." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " +"do is install the accounting app." +msgstr "Er is geen speciale configuratie vereist om facturen te registreren. U hoeft enkel de boekhouding app te installeren." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +msgid "Create your Bank Statements" +msgstr "Maak uw bankafschriften" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the Dashboard, click on the button **NEW STATEMENT** related to the bank " +"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " +"will be found underneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " +"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " +"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" +" equal to the computed balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +msgid "When you are done, click on **SAVE**." +msgstr "Klik op **OPSLAAN\" wanneer u klaar bent." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" +msgstr "Letter uw bankafschriften af" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" +" |manual04|" +msgstr "U kan er voor kiezen om het afschrift af te letteren door te klikken op de knop |manual04|" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" +" on **Reconcile # Items**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " +"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " +"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +msgid "Close Bank Statements" +msgstr "Sluit bankafschriften" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " +"then click on Bank Statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +msgid "Import OFX statement files" +msgstr "Importeer OXF bankafschriften" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " +"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " +"consumers via the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " +"bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +msgid "Importing OFX files" +msgstr "OFX bestanden importeren" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " +"click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`coda`" +msgstr ":doc:`coda`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" +" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." +" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " +"PayPal payments in just a click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " +"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " +"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " +"automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Setup your PayPal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " +"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " +"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " +"field, you can set **PayPal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " +"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" +" the online institution and click on the configure button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal. Once " +"everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in Odoo " +"and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " +"anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " +"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +msgid "Import QIF statement files" +msgstr "Importeer QIF bankafschrift bestanden" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " +"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " +"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" +" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" +" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " +"`__" +msgstr "Test deze optie nu `met die gemakkelijke QIF bestand `__" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +msgid "Importing QIF files" +msgstr "Importeer QIF bestanden" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" +msgstr "Hoe Odoo te synchroniseren met uw bank?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" +" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " +"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " +"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " +"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" +" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " +"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " +"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." +msgstr "Plaid: voor de standaard banken in de V.S." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" +msgstr "Yodlee: voor alle andere banken" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "Odoo Online Gebruikers" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" +" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" +" module **account_yodlee**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise Gebruikers" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"contact `Odoo Support `__ in order to get the " +"credentials to sync Yodlee or Plaid with your bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once you get your credentials, you can register them from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the Accounting " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:47 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "Synchroniseer uw bankafschriften" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " +"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" +" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" +" account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " +"**Bank Synchronization**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " +"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " +"and fill in your bank credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " +"every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Overige" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" +msgstr "Hoe verzamelbetalingen beheren?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " +"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " +"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " +"manually bring the checks to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" +" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " +"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " +"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" +msgstr "Installeer de verzamelbetaling optie" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " +"Deposit** to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" +" your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " +"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" +msgstr "Activeer de optie op uw bankrekeningen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " +"deposits on your main bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " +"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " +"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " +"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" +" to **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " +"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " +"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " +"Deposits afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +msgid "From checks received to the bank" +msgstr "Van cheques ontvangen op de bank" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +msgid "Receive customer checks" +msgstr "Ontvang klanten cheques" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " +"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" +" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." +" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " +"Payment** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" +msgstr "Een verzamelbetaling voorbereiden" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " +"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " +"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " +"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " +"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " +"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " +"the bank statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " +"deposit the example below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Problemen oplossen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" +msgstr "Ik zie geen verzamelbetaling link op bankafschriften? " + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " +"be two reasons:" +msgstr "Indien u geen verzamelbetaling link heeft op uw bankafschriften, kunnen er twee redenen zijn:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +msgid "" +"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " +"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" +" button of your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" +msgstr "Wat gebeurt er als een cheque geweigerd werd?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " +"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " +"refused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +msgid "" +"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"bank statement matching." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" +" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " +"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " +"to the another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgstr "Controleer uw rekeningschema en standaard overboekingsrekening" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " +"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" +" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " +"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " +"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " +"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " +"from the same page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" +" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." +" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " +"your bank to specify your bank's details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +msgstr "Door het bewaren van deze wijzigingen heeft u nu 2 bankrekeningen." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +msgstr "Registreer een interne overplaatsing van één bank naar een andere." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " +"9533 1498** account." +msgstr "We verplaatsen nu 50.000 euro's van uw **Bank** naar onze *BE57 0633 9533 1498* bankrekening." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "Log een interne overplaatsing" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " +"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" +" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " +"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " +"`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." +msgstr "Bewaar en bevestig de wijzigingen om de betaling te registreren." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " +"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +msgstr "Importeer bankafschriften en letter af" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " +"statement of your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +msgid "" +"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " +"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " +"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " +"the corresponding bank to import them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " +"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " +"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " +"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " +"**Reconcile** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +msgid "The following window will open:" +msgstr "Het volgende venster zal zich openen:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " +"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " +"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" +" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " +"happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "Afletteren bank" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +msgid "Configure model of entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " +"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " +"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " +"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Maak afletter modellen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " +"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " +"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +msgid "" +"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " +"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " +"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " +"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +msgid "Save your changes when you are done." +msgstr "Bewaar uw wijzigingen nadat u klaar bent." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " +"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " +"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " +"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" +" relevant data instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " +"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " +"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " +"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 +msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " +"do is install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 +msgid "User cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 +msgid "" +"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " +"& Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " +"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " +"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " +"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " +"and mark the invoice as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 +msgid "" +"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " +"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " +":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " +"automatically.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " +"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 +msgid "" +"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " +"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " +"from the Bank Feeds section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " +"the reconciliations **automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 +msgid "" +"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " +"it in :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " +"and validate all related payments :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Opzet" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " +"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +msgid "Go to the list of your bank accounts" +msgstr "Ga naar de lijst van uw bankrekeningen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Configure your company " +"bank accounts` > The bank accounts are configured on the company " +"information. You have to be in the edit mode to be able to do your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you have to switch " +"company to add, edit or delete bank accounts on another company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:25 +msgid "Add or edit a bank account" +msgstr "Voeg of wijzig een bankrekening" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** to add a new bank account. If you want to edit one," +" simply click on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If the bank account type is IBAN, Odoo will check if the number is valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:40 +msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " +"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As you may notice in the journal form, a dedicated account has been " +"generated automatically at the bank account creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" +msgstr "Verwijder een bankrekening of kredietkaart rekening" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the trashcan icon |image5| in the list of your bank accounts to " +"remove one bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "Hoe een bank te beheren in een vreemde valuta?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," +" Odoo stores two values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " +"Central bank web-services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " +"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " +"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "Configureer valuta" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " +"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " +"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" +" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "An account in the trial balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "A journal in your dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" +" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " +"a supplier in China." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " +"see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " +"to record a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +msgid "" +"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" +" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " +"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " +"and the payment date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " +"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +msgid "Customers Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " +"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " +"the currency of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " +"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " +"the report below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " +"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" +" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " +"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" +" be converted in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " +"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " +"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your fixed assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " +"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " +"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " +"assets and perform reports on your company assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " +"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " +"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " +"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" +" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " +"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Asset module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" +" application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +msgid "Defining Asset Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " +"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " +"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " +"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " +"asset type on the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " +"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " +"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " +"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +msgid "Create assets manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " +"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " +"confirming the asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" +" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " +"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 +msgid "Explanation of the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 +msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " +"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " +"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " +"the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " +"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " +"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" +" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " +"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +msgid "" +"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " +"be filled in the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +msgid "How to deprecate an asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " +"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" +" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " +"been created for this line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " +"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " +"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " +"entries which are already posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +msgid "Change the number of depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." +" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " +"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " +"should be registered through a customer invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " +"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " +"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills to " +"our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we don't " +"we will only be able to budget the total amount of general accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " +"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " +"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " +"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget you " +"need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or " +"expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our " +"invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical " +"account by entering the Accounting module and clicking " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a " +"new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "" +"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and / or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 +msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " +"amount that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can refer to the following docs about reinvoicing costs through " +"analytical accounts: :doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:40 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and thick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Don't forget to save our changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:58 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:60 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:78 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:89 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. (please refer to the following " +"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). " +"Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. " +"Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:121 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For more information about subcontracting please refer to the following " +"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " +"Progress)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +msgid "What is an account type ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " +"account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " +"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " +"generate opening entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " +"category according to its behaviour or purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " +"types. Just pick the one related to your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +msgid "**List of account types**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +msgid "Direct Costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " +"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " +"related to your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +msgid "" +"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " +"you can create your own accounts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 +msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "prijs verschil" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "($80)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "($64)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "**$10**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "**$12**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "$2" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo `__ or the `European Central Bank `__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "Verkooporders en facturen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "Betalingsregistraties" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " +"payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Facturen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportering" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" +" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click the **?** " +"at the top right, then **About**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 +msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "Klik op: **Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "**Analyse Periode**:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 +msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 +msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." +" Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Andere handige velden:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "What are the main reports available?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "**Winst en Verlies**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Winst en Verlies" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "**Performantie:**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**Positie:**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Belastingen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to apply specific taxes by country, state or city?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the default tax to apply on a product/service is set on the " +"**product form**. But, some customers may have specific tax rates because of" +" their status (in some countries, construction companies are VAT exempts) or" +" their location (customers in a different country, state and/or city may be " +"subjected to another tax rate)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to select the right tax to apply according to the customer or " +"product, Odoo uses the concept of **fiscal positions**. If a customer has a " +"specific fiscal position, the default tax may be replaced by another one. " +"(as an example, construction companies have 0% instead of 21% in Belgium for" +" construction related work)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As an example, in Belgium, for the VAT tax, there are 3 fiscal positions " +"that depend on on the country of the customer and some companies (like " +"construction companies) benefit from a specific fiscal treatments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:21 +msgid "**Belgian companies:** with 21% VAT (default, on product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:23 +msgid "**European companies:** with 0% VAT (intra-EU)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Other countries:** 0% (but a different tax since it uses different " +"accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Construction companies:** with 0% VAT, only for construction companies in " +"Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:35 +msgid "Set the right taxes on your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The main taxes are automatically configured according to the chart of " +"accounts of your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"But if you want to set a specific tax on a specific product, you can set the" +" **sales and purchases taxes** on the **product form**, under the " +"**Accounting tab**. These taxes are the default one (used when you sell to " +"companies that are in the same country/state than you)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-company environment, the sales and purchase taxes may" +" have a different value according to the company you work for. You can login" +" into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:55 +msgid "Defining Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to the chart " +"of accounts of your country. But you may have to create fiscal positions " +"manually for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To define fiscal positions, from the **Accounting** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined " +"on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, european " +"customers have a VAT of 0% instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also map the **income / expense account** according to the fiscal " +"position. For example, in Belgium, revenues from sales are not posted in the" +" same account than revenues from sales in foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:78 +msgid "Apply fiscal positions automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you check the box **Detect Automatically**, the fiscal position will be " +"applied automatically if the **Country**, **State**, **City** or even the " +"**Country Group** matches. You can also apply the fiscal position only to " +"companies having a valid **VAT number**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can also set a target **Country/State/City**. The fiscal position will " +"be applied if the destination address of the customer matches these " +"criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:93 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the **Tax to Apply** field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same **Tax on Product**. You can also " +"create one that is a grouping of two other taxes, depending on how you want " +"to make them appear on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:107 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "Fiscale posities gebruiken" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you keep the field **Fiscal Position** empty on customers " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers`, the fiscal position is " +"applied automatically on sales order, purchase orders, web orders and " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:116 +msgid "" +"But, if you set the fiscal position, Odoo will use this specific fiscal " +"position for this customer on orders (example: construction companies). In " +"such a case, it's recommended to set the fiscal position on the customer " +"form. Odoo will automatically reuse this value for orders and invoices, " +"without trying to auto-detect the fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position at the sale order or invoice level, it will " +"only apply to this document only and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr ":doc:`create`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to define new taxes?" +msgstr "Hoe nieuwe belastingen te definiëren?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal taxes, retention, withholding " +"taxes, etc. For most countries, the chart of account you setup is " +"automatically pre-configured with the main taxes of the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:11 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:15 +msgid "Managing Taxes" +msgstr "Belastingen beheren" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Defining new taxes" +msgstr "Nieuwe belastingen definiëren" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to create new taxes, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Taxes` in the accounting application. From this menu, you will get all the " +"taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:27 +msgid "When you create a new tax, you can set the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:29 +msgid "**Scope**: Sales, Purchases or None (e.g. deprecated tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Tax Account**: is the account where the tax journal item will be posted. " +"This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo posts the tax journal " +"item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"21% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"21%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. (usually, you can keep this field " +"empty)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:50 +msgid "Taxes allow different computation mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:52 +msgid "**Fixed**, example: an eco-tax of $1.34 per battery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:54 +msgid "**Percentage**, example: 15% sales tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:56 +msgid "**Percentage of price**, tax included: example in brazil" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:58 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If a tax is included in price, it means that the price set on the product " +"form includes this tax. As an example, let's say you have a product with a " +"sale tax of 10%. The sale price on the product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:74 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:76 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: $100" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:78 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "Belastingen: $10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:80 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $110" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:82 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "Als de belasting is inbegrepen in de prijs" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:84 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: 90.91" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:86 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "Belastingen: $9.09" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:88 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $100" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:94 +msgid "Stop using a tax" +msgstr "Stop met het gebruik van belastingen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field **Tax Scope** to **None**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:101 +msgid "Setting your default taxes" +msgstr "Standaard belastingen instellen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once you have created your taxes, you can define which tax is the default " +"one when creating new products (for sales and purchase taxes). To set the " +"default taxes, in the accounting application, go in the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once taxes are set by default, when you create a new product, Odoo will " +"propose you the right taxes by default on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Setting the default taxes impact the creation of product, but not sales " +"order or invoices. The tax used on sales order or invoices is defined by the" +" product on the sale order line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:122 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr ":doc:`application`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`retention`" +msgstr ":doc:`retention`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " +"different screens you will need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " +"`__, you " +"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " +"implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Completing your company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +msgid "Importing your customers" +msgstr "Uw klanten importeren" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Importing your suppliers" +msgstr "Uw leveranciers importeren" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Importing your products" +msgstr "Uw producten importeren" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " +"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " +"configuration of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Hoofd concepten" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur, or when payment is " +"made or received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts an rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "Multi-valuta" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "Internationale standaarden" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific " +"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine support:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Storno accounting (italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " +"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "Voorbeeld 1: Factuur klant:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "Uitleg:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "U genereert een omzet van $1,000" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "U moet voor $90 aan belastingen betalen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "De klant is u $1,090 verschuldigd" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configuratie:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "Voorbeeld 2: Klantbetaling:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Debet" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Credet" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "Factuur 1" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "Betaling 1.1" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "70" +msgstr "70" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "Factuur 2" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "65" +msgstr "65" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "Betaling 1.2" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "Betaling 2" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "Factuur 3" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "Totaal te betalen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "Bank" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "Bankafschriften" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "Afschrift XYZ" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Accounting Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 +msgid "Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A journal is like a folder in which you record all transactions of the same " +"type: all the statements of a bank account, all customer invoices, all " +"supplier bills. It's used to organize similar transactions together." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 +msgid "Payment Terms" +msgstr "Betalingstermijnen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Payment terms describe how and when a customer invoice (or supplier bill) " +"should be pay over the time. Example: 30% direct payment, balance in two " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the process of matching your payment lines with " +"existing journal items or creating new journal items on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Journal items reconciliation is the process of linking several journal items" +" together like an invoice and a payment. This allows to mark invoices as " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31 +msgid "Deposit Ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Deposit tickets group several payment orders (usually checks) that are " +"deposited together at the bank. This allows an easy reconciliation with the " +"bank statement line if the line has one line per deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:38 +msgid "Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:41 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is an accounting transaction, usually related to a financial" +" document: invoice, payment, receipt, etc. A journal entry always consists " +"of at least two lines. The sum of the credits of all journal items of a " +"journal entry is equal to the sum of their debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46 +msgid "Journal Item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A line of a journal entry, with a debit or credit associated to an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 +msgid "Analytic Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Sometimes called **Cost Accounts**, are accounts that are not part of the " +"chart of account and that allows to track costs and revenues. Analytic " +"account are usually structured by projects, departments, etc. Every journal " +"item is posted in a regular account in the chart of account and can be " +"posted to an analytic accounting for reporting purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:60 +msgid "Analytic Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Cost or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 +msgid "Sales Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A receipt or other slip of paper issued by a store or other vendor showing " +"where a purchase was made and also the amount, date, department, etc. Sales " +"receipt are usually used instead of invoices if the sale is paid in cash in " +"the store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Property owned by the company. Odoo Asset management is used to manage the " +"depreciation / amortization of the asset over the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Are used to recognize revenues of sales of services that are provided over a" +" long period of time. If you sell a 3 years maintenance contract, you can " +"use the deferred revenue mechanism to recognize 1/36 of the revenue every " +"month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:84 +msgid "Fiscal Position" +msgstr "Fiscale positie" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Define the taxes that should be applied for a specific customer/vendor or " +"invoice. Example: If some customers benefit for specific taxes (government, " +"construction companies, EU companies that are VAT subjected,…), you can " +"assign a fiscal position to them and the right tax will be selected " +"according to the products they buy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "Concept facturen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "Klant: Agrolait" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "Product: iMac" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "Hoeveelheid: 1" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "Eenheidsprijs: 100" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "Belastingen: BTW 15%" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "Het document is samengesteld uit drie delen:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "Verzend de factuur naar de klant" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "**Relatie**" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "Agrolait" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "01/07/2015" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "115" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "15" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Verkopen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Betaling" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " +"equity at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +msgid "From Vendor Bills to Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "Betaal een rekening" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Misc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" +" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " +"most frequently are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +msgid "" +"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " +"carried out by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " +"from the Apps module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " +"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " +"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " +"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " +"Products` in the **Expenses** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +msgid "Some examples of products can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +msgid "**Travel (car)**" +msgstr "**Reizen (auto)**" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +msgid "Product Type: Service" +msgstr "Productsoort: Dienst" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" +msgstr "Verkoopprijs: 0.32" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " +"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +msgid "**Hotel**" +msgstr "**Hotel**" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" +msgstr "Maateenheid: Eenheid" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " +"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " +"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" +" hotel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " +"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " +"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" +" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +msgid "The expenses workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +msgid "Record a new expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " +":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " +"personal expenses work that way:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +msgid "the accountant post journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +msgid "" +"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " +"with a payable account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +msgid "" +"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " +"the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +msgid "a product: the expense type" +msgstr "een product: de uitgave soort" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" +" car)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " +"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " +"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" +" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " +"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " +"this feature)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " +"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " +"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " +"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +msgid "Validation by the manager" +msgstr "Validatie door de manager" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " +"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " +"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +msgid "The manager can:" +msgstr "De manager kan:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +msgid "" +"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " +"bill is missing);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +msgid "reject an expense;" +msgstr "wijs een uitgave af;" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +msgid "approve an expense." +msgstr "keur een uitgave goed." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +msgid "Control by the accountant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " +"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " +"created and posted in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " +"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " +"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " +"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " +"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" +" project)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." +" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " +"invoice all your orders in batch)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +msgid "Reimburse the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " +"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" +" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +msgid "" +"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " +"invoicing policy on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +msgid "" +"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " +"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "50% binnen 30 dagen" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "50% binnen 45 dagen" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Pay supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "Installeer de vereiste module" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "Verenigde Staten" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Supplier Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 +msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +msgid "" +"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "Betaal eender wat met een cheque" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +msgid "`Print checks `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgstr "Hoe meerdere rekeningen tegelijk te betalen?" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "Betaal meerdere rekeningen met één betaling" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "Registreer verschillende betalingen" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "Betaal verschillende rekeningen samen" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "Eerst moeten we een betaling aanmaken" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "We hebben de volgende rekeningen aangemaakt:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "Betaal met SEPA" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " +"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" +" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "Volgens uw land en grootboekschema kan deze module standaard worden geïnstalleerd." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "Activeer SEPA betalingsmethodes op banken" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "Registreer uw betalingen" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "Genereer SEPA bestanden" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "De bank weigert mijn SEPA bestand" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " +"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " +"error message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr ":doc:`check`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Supplier Bills" +msgstr "Leverancier rekeningen" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +msgstr "Wanneer moet ik leveranciersrekeningen of inkooprekeningen gebruiken?" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" +" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " +"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " +"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " +"confirmations of received paiements. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " +"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " +"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " +"means no debt account is necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," +" as vendors bills apply one taxe amount over the entire bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods were only a purchase " +"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " +"handle them in accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's take the following example: we need to buy foreign tea for our " +"customers from a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week " +"buy 50 euros worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the " +"company's bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " +"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" +" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "Registreer een ticket" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " +"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " +"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " +"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " +"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later, will generate a " +"debt accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " +"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " +"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " +":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " +"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "Hier is de standaard werk flow in Odoo:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "De Inkoop en Magazijn applicaties installeren" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "Producten aanmaken" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " +"click create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " +"it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" +" type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Uw leveranciersrekeningen beheren" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "Producten of diensten aankopen" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "Producten ontvangen" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " +"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " +"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" +" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Leveranciersrekeningen beheren" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" +" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " +"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " +"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" +" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " +"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" +" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "Factuur fabrikant matching" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " +"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +msgid "" +"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +msgid "" +"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +msgid "" +"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +msgid "" +"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," +msgstr "iemand in het bedrijf vergat een inkooporder aan te maken voor deze fabrikant," + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "of de fabrikant rekent u iets aan dat u niet besteld heeft." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "Hoe producthoeveelheden beheerd worden" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" +" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " +"to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup cash discounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are an incentive (usually a small percentage) that you offer " +"to customers in return for paying a bill owed before the scheduled due date." +" If used properly, cash discounts improve the Days Sales Outstanding aspect " +"of a business's cash conversion cycle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For example, a typical cash discount would be: you offer a 2% discount on an" +" invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days " +"of receiving the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18 +msgid "Payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to manage cash discounts, we will use the payment terms concept of " +"Odoo (From the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Management --> Payment terms --> Create`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's start with the above example: a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 " +"days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"A typical payment term of 30 days would have only one installment: balance " +"in 30 days. But, in order to configure the cash discount, you can configure " +"the payment term with two installments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31 +msgid "98% within 5 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32 +msgid "balance within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make it clear that it's not a payment term but a cash discount, don't " +"forget to set a clear description that will appear on the invoice: Invoice " +"is due within 30 days, but you can benefit from a 2% cash discount if you " +"pay within 5 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 +msgid "Bank reconciliation model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to speed up the bank reconciliation process, we can create a model " +"of entry for all cash discounts. To do that, from the Accounting application" +" dashboard, click on the \"More\" link on the bank and choose the option " +"\"Reconciliation Models\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 +msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55 +msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "**Account**: Cash Discount (according to your country)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 +msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "**Amount**: 100%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 +msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 +msgid "discount if taxes have to be deduced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Even if it's a 2% cash discount, set a 100% amount on the reconciliation " +"model as it means 100% of the remaining balance (the 2%). You can use the " +"same reconciliation model for all your cash discount. No need to create a " +"model per payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 +msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you create a customer invoice, set the right payment term \"30 days, 2%" +" cash discount\" right after having selected the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account " +"receivable part of the journal entry with two installments having a " +"different due date: 98% within 5 days, 2% within 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the customer pays with a cash discount, when processing the bank " +"statement, you will match the payment (98%) with the related line in the " +"journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"As you can see in the above screenshot, when selecting the customer, you " +"also see the 2% remaining of 3$. If you want to accept the cash discount (if" +" the customer paid within the 5 days), you can click on this line with 2%, " +"click on \"Open Balance\", and select your \"Cash Discount\" reconciliation " +"model. That way, the invoice is marked as fully paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 +msgid "" +"from now on, matching the remaining 2% has to be done manually. In the " +"future, we plan to automate the reconciliation of the 2% if the 98% are paid" +" on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113 +msgid "Paying the invoice in full" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If the customer pays the invoice fully, without benefiting from the cash " +"discount, you will reconcile the payment (in full) with the two lines from " +"the invoice (98% and 2%). Just click on the two lines to match them with the" +" payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " +"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " +"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " +"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," +" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " +"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " +"posted on the income statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " +"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " +"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" +" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " +"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " +"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " +"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " +"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" +" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" +" might check if the module is correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +msgid "1 year service contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "3 years service contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " +"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" +" revenue type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "Flowers every month" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "1 year product contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +msgid "Sell and invoice products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " +"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " +"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Dr**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Cr**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +msgid "Accounts receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +msgid "24000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +msgid "Deferred revenue account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " +"recognition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "Service revenue account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" +" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " +"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " +"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " +"payment term but an invoice policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " +"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " +"exactly 100%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +msgid "Payment terms for customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +msgid "You can set payment terms on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " +"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " +"any tax on the invoice):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " +"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "Jan 03" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "Jan 30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " +"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 +msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most accounting legislation over the word, it's not allowed to modify an " +"invoice that is validated and sent to the customer. However, you sometimes " +"need to change an invoice for different reasons: the sale has changed, the " +"made a mistake while recording the invoice, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10 +msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 +msgid "Refund the original invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13 +msgid "Create a new invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo's refund mechanism helps you handle the whole process in just a few " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:19 +msgid "Modify an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your invoice is still in draft, you can modify it the way you want. " +"However, if your invoice is validated, you can not change it anymore. If you" +" need to modify it, the right operations to do are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:25 +msgid "Refund the original invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:26 +msgid "Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:27 +msgid "Create a new draft invoice, a copy of the original;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28 +msgid "Validate the new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on the" +" Refund button on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the refund dialog, select the option \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile" +" and create a draft invoice\". Once you click on the \"Create Refund\" " +"button, Odoo will void your existing invoice and create a new draft invoice " +"that is a duplicate of the original one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41 +msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45 +msgid "" +"if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send " +"the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`refund`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " +"customer invoices and supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several times. If, for a " +"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " +"term but invoice conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " +"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " +"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" +" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " +"100%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " +"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"this journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " +"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" +" is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " +"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " +"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" +" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " +"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " +"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " +"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " +"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " +"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo will automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " +"Paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +msgid "Cancelling an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " +"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " +"and reconcile\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " +"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " +"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " +"refund\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " +"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," +" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " +"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " +"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " +"payment refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +msgid "How to accept credit card payments on invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" +" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " +"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " +"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " +"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " +"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," +" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " +"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " +"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " +"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" +" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " +"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " +"approach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " +"users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " +"--> Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow " +"Reconciliation\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " +"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" +" transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " +"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +msgid "Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " +"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " +"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " +"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " +"bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +msgid "" +"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " +"this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " +"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " +"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " +"and relate it to the statement line)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" +" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " +"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " +"with invoices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " +"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" +" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " +"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting paid and organizing customer reminders is always a difficult task, " +"however it is critical for the health of the company to stay diligent about " +"outstanding receivables. Fortunately, Odoo provides the right tools to track" +" receivables, automate customer statements, and measure your performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12 +msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15 +msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you have any unreconciled transactions in your bank account, you will " +"need to process them first before you begin analyzing your customers " +"statements. This ensures that you have recorded all of the latest customer " +"payments before sending out reminders to any customers with outstanding " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:27 +msgid "Checking the Aged Receivables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After you have reconciled all of your bank accounts, you can then generate " +"an accurate Aged Receivables Report from the Reports menu. This report will " +"display all of the customers and their outstanding balances on open " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The report displays this information in time increments to better paint a " +"picture of the outstanding balances your customers hold and for how long " +"they have held these outstanding balances. You can then appropriately focus " +"your efforts on the appropriate customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can then select any of the customers on this list and Odoo will open up " +"their invoice details in the form of the Customer Follow-Up letter, also " +"known as the **Customer Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:49 +msgid "From the customer statement, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51 +msgid "Change and customize the message that is sent to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:53 +msgid "Send a reminder email to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:55 +msgid "Send a printed reminder letter to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:57 +msgid "Send automated printed reminders by utilizing our Docsaway integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60 +msgid "Zoom in on the different open invoices or payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62 +msgid "Remove an invoice or payment from the report (in case of conflict)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:64 +msgid "Log any call notes made to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Schedule your next follow up task to stay on top of customer payments (e.g. " +"call back in 15 days if not payments are made)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can set reminders for when you would like to next contact the particular" +" customer. Selecting **Manual** will open up the follow up scheduling tool, " +"while selecting **Auto** will automatically recommend that you contact the " +"customer 15 days from then if the customer has not yet paid for the invoice." +" Installing the **Follow-Up Plans** module will allow you to define " +"automated actions and intervals to send reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you have already sent out a reminder to a customer a few days ago, a " +"warning message will appear at the top of the screen, reminding you that you" +" should not send another reminder so soon since one was already sent " +"recently. Every time you log a note, Odoo will automatically set the next " +"reminder date, unless you choose to manually set it by selecting the next " +"reminder button at the top right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can also specify the expected payment date on an invoice line directly, " +"therefore defining the next reminder in case the invoice has not been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:92 +msgid "Sending customer statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Customer Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Here Odoo will open all the statements awaiting to be processed, which is " +"determined by the last reminder they received. You can choose to process " +"them one by one, send multiple letters or emails in batches, or set a next " +"action date for the next time they'll be contacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If an invoice has not yet been paid, Odoo will remind you to contact at " +"particular customer based after their next action date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:107 +msgid "" +"You can access the customer statement report daily and Odoo will only " +"display the customers you need to contact on any given day. This is based " +"on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111 +msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Customers that have not been reminded over the last X days (\"X\" being " +"defined as the overdue date of the invoice after the first reminder, then " +"the next action date set at every reminder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:118 +msgid "Setting up your dunning process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Follow-up Management** module allows you to define reminder " +"plans. After installing it from the **Apps** menu, go to the **Follow-up " +"Levels** menu in the accounting configuration to set up your dunning " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125 +msgid "Some Examples are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 +msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129 +msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131 +msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133 +msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this module, you can send every email and letters in batches for " +"all your customers at once. The next reminder will automatically be computed" +" based on your configured follow-up plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The module will also add a red/green dot on each customer, this will allow " +"you to easily mark customer status's with the following options: \"Good " +"Debtor, Normal Debtor, or bad debtors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150 +msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) is a measure of the average number of " +"days that a company takes to collect revenue after a sale has been made. DSO" +" is calculated by dividing the amount of accounts receivable during a given " +"period by the total value of credit sales during the same period, and " +"multiplying the result by the number of days in the period measured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:159 +msgid "" +"You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under " +"Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to accept paypal payments on invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The \"Paypal Payment Acquirer\" module allows you to accept payments via " +"paypal, for your sales orders, invoices, or online orders. As paypal accepts" +" payments through credit cards (VISA, Mastercard, …), you will be able to " +"process most payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:10 +msgid "Paypal support two modes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Paypal Merchant Account: the user is redirected to paypal to do the payment " +"(either with a credit card or a paypal account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"PayPal PayFlow Pro (S2S, Server 2 Server): the user is not redirected to " +"paypal and the payment can be done in the background. This method is mostly " +"used for subscription businesses where you need to charge your customers " +"periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:20 +msgid "As of today, Odoo only support the normal Paypal Merchant Account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "Install the \"PayPal Payment Acquirer\" module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Start by installing the **PayPal Payment Acquirer** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see a new payment acquirer in the " +"Setting application, menu \"Payment Acquirers\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, Paypal is configured to work in a test environment, out-of-the-" +"box. It means you can already test the full order to payment flow with the " +"paypal sandbox, without having to configure the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:42 +msgid "Creating and configuring a PayPal merchant account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "Create a basic Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:47 +msgid "Existing or newly created Personal Paypal account can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Or upgrade your account to Business account (merchant) if needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:55 +msgid "Paypal Account Summary page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:58 +msgid "Paypal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Access \"Seller preferences\" menu from `PayPal website " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:66 +msgid "Access \"Website preferences\" and configure Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "**Database name**: yourcompany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "**Website URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "**Return URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "These settings will redirect your buyer to your web confirmation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "Access and edit Instant payment notifications settings - IPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:84 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Voorbeeld" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:86 +msgid "**Database name**: \"yourcompany\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:88 +msgid "**Notification URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:90 +msgid "verify that your Notify URL uses the correct protocol (HTTP / HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Set the encoding to UTF-8 from the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Language Encoding --> More Options --> More selling tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Record your Merchant Paypal ID (personal or business account both will have " +"it) it will be entered in Odoo backend :menuselection:`Paypal Settings --> " +"Account Options`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to be able to pay through Paypal while not having" +" a Paypal account- following setting \"Paypal Account Optional\" needs to be" +" set to **ON**. All users will be able to choose Credit/debit card payment " +"option - Paypal account not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "Setup your Paypal Payment Acquirer account credentials in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Settings --> Payments --> Payment Acquirers --> Paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "**Paypal Email ID**: your paypal account email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "**Paypal Merchant ID**: ID retrieved at previous step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If your eCommerce customer gets this Error Message after completing Paypal " +"payment instead of being redirected to your database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Verify the Auto Return URL you have `configured in Paypal " +"`_ is correct and pointing to your own domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:143 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "Enter the correct return URL and activate Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"or deactivate Auto Return and delete URL (this method will have an extra " +"click through Paypal in order to return to your ecommerce page.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:3 +msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the Odoo Accounting application, you get a dynamic aged receivable " +"report, customer statements and you can easily send them to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to go further in the automation of the credit collection " +"process, you can use follow-up plans. They will help you automate all the " +"steps to get paid, by triggering them at the right time: send customer " +"statements by emails, send regular letter (through the Docsaway " +"integration), create a task to manually call the customer, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14 +msgid "Here is an example of a plan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "When?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "What?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "Who?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +msgid "3 days before due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +msgid "Email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "1 day after due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "Email + Regular Letter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +msgid "15 days after due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +msgid "Call the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "John Mac Gregor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "35 days after due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "Email + Letter + Call" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "60 days after due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "Formal notice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "Bailiff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:34 +msgid "Install Reminder Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You must start by activating the feature, using the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. " +"From the settings screen, activate the feature **Enable payment follow-up " +"management**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:44 +msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To automate customer follow ups, you must configure your follow–up levels " +"using the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Follow-ups`. You should define one and only one follow-up plan per company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The levels of follow-up are relative to the due date; when no payment term " +"is specified, the invoice date will be considered as the due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:53 +msgid "" +"For each level, you should define the number of days and create a note which" +" will automatically be added into the reminder letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:59 +msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Manual Action:** assign a responsible that will have to call the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62 +msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69 +msgid "" +"As you need to provide a number of days relative to the due date, you can " +"use a negative number. As an example, if an invoice is issued the January " +"1st but the due date is January 30, if you set a reminder 3 days before the " +"due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76 +msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once everything is setup, Odoo will prepare follow-up letters and emails " +"automatically for you. All you have to do is to the menu " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement` in the accounting " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically propose you actions based on the follow-up plan you " +"defined, invoices to pay and payment received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can use this menu every day, once a week or once a month. You do not " +"risk to send two times the same reminder to your customer. Odoo only " +"proposes you the action you have to do. If you do it every day, you will " +"have a few calls to do per day. If you do it once a month, you will have " +"much more work once you do it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:94 +msgid "" +"It's up to you to organize the way you want to work. But it's a good " +"practice to reconcile your bank statements before launching the follow-ups. " +"That way, all paid invoices will be reconciled and you will not send a " +"follow-up letter to a customer that already paid his invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:99 +msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:101 +msgid "Get the customer information to contact him" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:103 +msgid "Drill down to the customer information form by clicking on its name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:105 +msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Change the colored dot to mark the customer as being a good, normal or bad " +"debtor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:110 +msgid "Log a note is you called the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:112 +msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:114 +msgid "Send an email with the statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway " +"integration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Plan the next reminder (but it's better to keep in automatic mode so that " +"Odoo will stick to the follow-up plan of the company)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:122 +msgid "Drill down to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next " +"time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can force a customer statement, even if Odoo do not proposes you to do " +"it, because it's not the right date yet. To do this, you should go to the " +"Aged Receivable report (in the report menu of the Accounting application). " +"From this report, you can click on a customer to get to his customer " +"statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:135 +msgid "How to exclude an invoice from auto follow up?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:137 +msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 +msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Odoo can exclude an invoice from follow-ups actions for specific date by " +"clicking on **Log a Note**, then choose one of the ready options (*one " +"week*, *two weeks*, *one month*, *two months*), So Odoo will calculate the " +"required date according to the current date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Another way to achieve it is the following: click on the required invoice, " +"then choose **Change expected payment date/note**, then enter a new payment " +"date and note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162 +msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the " +"checkbox **Excluded**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 +msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf1732ddb --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-05 08:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../applications.rst:3 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Applicaties" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbc818263 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-05 08:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +msgstr "Odoo gebruikers documentatie" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c9b3dd63 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -0,0 +1,5759 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-06 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Barcodes" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Dagelijkse operaties" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "Vanuit de Barcode applicatie:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" +" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " +"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "Verwerk afgedrukte afleverorders:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "Hoe een interne overplaatsing te doen?" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "In Odoo, zijn er twee soorten van interne overplaatsingen:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " +"of the dashboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "Om een interne overplaatsing aan te maken:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "**Valideer** de overplaatsing om ze af te werken" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " +"the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" +" one automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " +"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " +"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" +" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " +"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " +"visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Voorbeeld" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "Open operaties interface." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "Scan." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " +"and keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Opzet" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Zet uw barcode scanner op" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "Vind de barcode scanner die voldoet aan uw noden" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" +" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configureer uw barcode scanner" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "Toetsenbord layout" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "Hoe barcodes te activeren in Odoo?" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "Stel product barcodes in" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" +" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " +"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " +"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also" +" be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " +"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "Stel locatie barcodes in" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " +"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " +"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " +"paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:52 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "Barcode formaten" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " +"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " +"your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Magazijnbeheer" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " +"keep the inventory right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " +"the right locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Product configuratie" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " +"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "Update de producthoeveelheid voor één product" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" +" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" +" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " +"set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" +" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " +"has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "Meerdere producten in één keer" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" +" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " +"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" +" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" +" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " +"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" +" (or child) locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " +"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " +"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " +"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " +"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" +" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " +"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportering" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "Hoe te kiezen tussen de minimale stockregel en maak op order?" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "Terminologie" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "Minimale stockregel" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " +"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "Maak op order" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " +"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "Minimale stockregels" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " +"(or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "Kies tussen de twee opties" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " +"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," +" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " +"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" +" space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" +" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " +"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" +" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " +"sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" +" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " +"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" +" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" +" tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" +" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " +"is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " +"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" +" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " +"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" +" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " +"will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" +" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " +"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " +"and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " +"Only)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Maak een verkooporder aan" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Verwerk een levering" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " +"Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essentiel move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "Op een productniveau" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "Op bedrijfsniveau" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "Op route niveau" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "Op verkooporder niveau:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "**Aanvraagdatum**:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," +" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " +"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " +"before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" +" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " +"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " +"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" +" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " +"correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" +" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " +"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " +"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " +"that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " +"Ship).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "Maak een verkooporder" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" +" Zone**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " +"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" +" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " +"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " +"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " +"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " +"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " +"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " +"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " +"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " +"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " +"check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " +"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " +"activated beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " +"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " +"some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " +"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " +"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " +"listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" +" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" +" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " +"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " +"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " +"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " +"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" +" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " +"This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " +"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" +" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " +"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " +"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " +"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " +"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" +" Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " +"ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " +"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" +" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " +"controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " +"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " +"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " +"processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **“Manage several locations per warehouse”** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" +" steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " +"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" +" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" +" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " +"which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " +"quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introductie" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" +" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" +" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " +"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " +"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" +" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" +" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " +"and the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " +"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " +"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " +"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " +"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " +"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " +"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" +" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " +"location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " +"have to input the number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " +"moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:82 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " +"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" +" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " +"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " +"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " +"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " +"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" +" it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " +"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " +"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " +"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " +"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " +"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " +"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " +"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " +"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," +" deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " +"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" +" --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " +"location form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:5 +msgid "What are the different inventory valuation methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:8 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:10 +msgid "" +"International accounting standards define several ways to compute product " +"costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:52 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:140 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:141 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:142 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:143 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:112 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:151 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:161 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:147 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:149 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:150 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:113 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:152 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:153 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:154 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:116 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:155 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:118 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:157 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:41 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:42 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:121 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:160 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:162 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:165 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:49 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:168 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:52 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:53 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:91 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:117 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:156 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:158 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:159 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:82 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products [#average-removal]_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:87 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:166 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:89 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:169 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:92 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:130 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:122 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:126 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:170 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:128 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:131 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:170 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:167 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined on the product form: standard, average or real" +" price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:175 +msgid "" +"For \"real price\", the costing is further refined by the removal strategy " +"(on the warehouse location or product category), FIFO by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:179 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:181 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant post one journal entry representing the value of the physical" +" inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:208 +msgid "Supplier Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:216 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:216 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:216 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:221 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:222 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:195 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:195 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:196 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:196 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:229 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:200 +msgid "A temporary account is used to note goods to receive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The purchase order provides prices of goods, the actual invoice may include " +"extra costs such as shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The company still needs to pay the vendor (traded an asset against a " +"liability)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:208 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:237 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Inventory: defined on the product or the category of related product, field:" +" Stock Input Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:209 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the supplier related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:210 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:242 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:244 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:239 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:218 +msgid "Revenue: Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:218 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:219 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:219 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:220 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:220 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:222 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Goods Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:226 +msgid "Revenues increase by $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:227 +msgid "A tax to pay at the end of the month of $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:228 +msgid "The customer owns you $109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:229 +msgid "The inventory is decreased by $50 (shipping of the goods)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:230 +msgid "The cost of goods sold decreases the gross profit by $50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Revenue: defined on the product, or the product category if not on the " +"product, field Income Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:234 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:235 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:236 +msgid "Inventory: defined on the category of the related product (property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Expenses: defined on the product, or the category of product (property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:241 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:244 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:250 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, the company do a physical inventory (or just " +"rely on the inventory in Odoo). They multiply the quantity of each product " +"by its cost to know the inventory value of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the real value of the inventory is $4800 but the *14000 Inventory* " +"account has a balance of $4200, the following journal entry is created " +"manually:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:263 +msgid "14000 Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:264 +msgid "$600" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:264 +msgid "14700 Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:268 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"are directly posted in the accounting. The inventory valuation is always up-" +"to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:278 +msgid "products leaving the stock have no impact on the average price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Hoofd concepten" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 +msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" +" locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" +" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " +"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " +"be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " +"To Stock)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " +"the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" +" used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " +"provided:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " +"and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " +"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "Terminologie" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " +"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " +"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " +"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" +" item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" +" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " +"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " +"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " +"enough stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" +" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " +"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " +"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " +"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " +"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" +" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " +"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " +"can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " +"or MTS,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " +"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " +"procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " +"between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " +"in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " +"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" +" minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " +"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " +"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " +"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " +"packing zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " +"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" +" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " +"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " +"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " +"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " +"goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" +" it from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "Proces overzicht" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " +"different screens you will need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, you should click on " +"the top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Setup your warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Make the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set-up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" +" valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" +" should install the **Barcode** application that will add features on top of" +" the inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to " +"configure and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" +" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " +"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " +"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " +"docking and is it for me? `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" +" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," +" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " +"for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " +"created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" +" above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " +"for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "Nieuw magazijn aanmaken" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/fifo_lifo.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a perpetual FIFO or LIFO inventory valuation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/methods.rst:3 +msgid "What costing method should you use? (standard, average, fifo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " +"products off the receiving shipment and put them into the most appropriate " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" +" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " +"of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affect on the destination location. Put away strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " +"level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " +"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" +" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " +"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you will purchase products from those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`storage`" +msgstr ":doc:`storage`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "" +"What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Specific Indentification)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/storage.rst:3 +msgid "How to store specific products to specific locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Producten" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "Hoe verschillende maateenheden te gebruiken?" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " +"you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "Eenheden instellen op uw producten" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " +"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"**Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " +"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "Overplaatsen van één eenheid naar een andere" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " +"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " +"check is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " +"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" +" the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" +" measure :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "B&C T-shirt" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Groottes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "Kleuren: Blauw, Rood, Wit, Zwart" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "Impact van varianten" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "Zou u varianten moeten gebruiken?" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "Wanneer moet u varianten gebruiken?" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "Varianten gebruiken heeft de volgende gevolgen:" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "Wanneer zou u varianten moeten vermijden?" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "Kwaliteit: T-Shirts, Polo's, Shirts" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "Kleur: Rood, Blauw" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "Grootte: S, M, L, XL" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "Productsjabloon: T-shirt" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "Productsjabloon: Polo's" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "Activeer de varianten optie" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "Producten aanmaken met varianten" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "Klik nu op het product als u er varianten aan wilt toevoegen." + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "Productvarianten beheren" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "T-Shirt B&C" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "Kleur: Rood, Blauw, Wit" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Grootte: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "Combinatie mogelijkheden beheren" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size does not exist for red and blue " +"t-shirts, you can deactivate this product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "Een prijs instellen per variant" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Er zijn 3 soorten locaties:" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "Hoe een nieuwe locatie aan te maken?" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "Een nieuwe locatie aanmaken" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" +" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" +" describe your location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "Hoe een nieuw magazijn aan te maken?" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " +"fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " +"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " +"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " +"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " +"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " +"edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " +"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "Er zijn twee manieren om de verzendkosten te factureren:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "Factureer de echte kost van de verzending." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "Factureer de echte verzendkosten" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`labels`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "Hoe verzendlabels af te printen?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "Configureer de aflevermethode" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Bedrijfsconfiguratie" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Product configuratie" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "Klik erop om het document te openen en te printen:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Verkoopproces" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "Verkooporder" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7e01e560 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -0,0 +1,880 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-06 12:27+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Kassa" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:3 +msgid "POSBox" +msgstr "POSBox" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:6 +msgid "POSBox Setup Guide" +msgstr "POSBox opzet handleiding" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:210 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Vereisten" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You " +"will need :" +msgstr "Controleer dat u zeker alle benodigdheden heeft voor u de POSBox begint op te zetten. U heeft nodig:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:16 +msgid "The POSBox" +msgstr "De POSBox" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:17 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:18 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:19 +msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:20 +msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:21 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable or a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:22 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another compatible printer (officially " +"supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:25 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:26 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:29 +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:218 +msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:32 +msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:36 +msgid "Old version of the POSBox (before 2015)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:40 +msgid "Connect peripheral devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"`_, but other hardware " +"might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:46 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:58 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: If you do not wish to use Ethernet, plug in a Linux compatible " +"USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux " +"compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 " +"chipset. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:72 +msgid "Power the POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light" +" up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:78 +msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it" +" should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, " +"just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:86 +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:297 +msgid "Setup the Point of Sale" +msgstr "De kassa opzetten" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down " +"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the " +"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox" +" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after " +"booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will " +"attempt to find it on the local network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure " +"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your " +"network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:105 +msgid "Launch the Point of Sale" +msgstr "Lanceer de kassa" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS " +"will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is " +"only done once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be" +" ready to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:115 +msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" +msgstr "Wi-Fi configuratie" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The POSBox is Wi-Fi-capable. In order to use it you'll need a Linux " +"compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are" +" Linux compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink " +"5370 chipset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related " +"functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:126 +msgid "" +"When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi " +"Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets " +"printed when the POSBox starts will reflect this. In order to make the " +"POSBox connect to an already existing Wi-Fi network, go to the homepage of " +"the POSBox (indicated on the receipt) and go to the Wi-Fi configuration " +"page. On there you can choose a network to connect to. Note that we only " +"support open and WPA(2)-PSK networks. When connecting to a WPA-secured " +"network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to " +"the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it " +"has connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use the" +" \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when connecting to " +"a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This " +"means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always " +"attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:144 +msgid "" +"When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to starting " +"it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network" +" after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:150 +msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" +msgstr "Multi-POS configuratie" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox " +"per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the IP " +"address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure your " +"network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to" +" your router documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:159 +msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)" +msgstr "Zonder POSBox handleiding (geavanceerd)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux distribution, " +"you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software locally. However the " +"installation process is not foolproof. You'll need at least to know how to " +"install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your " +"distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo " +"modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of Sale" +" communicates with. The instance of Odoo running on the POSBox is very " +"different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* " +"business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the " +"Point of Sale and the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The goal of this section will be to setup a local Odoo instance that behaves" +" like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:181 +msgid "Image building process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:183 +msgid "" +"We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in " +"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. " +"More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh " +"`_." +" This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to " +"`nightly.odoo.com `_ for users to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get " +"stuck or want more detail about something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:195 +msgid "Summary of the image creation process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian " +"`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian " +"image and copies over some files and scripts that will make the Raspbian " +"image turn itself into a POSBox when it boots. These scripts will update " +"Raspbian, remove non-essential packages and install required packages. In " +"order to boot Raspbian we use qemu, which is capable of providing ARM " +"emulation. After this, the emulated Raspbian OS will shut itself down. We " +"then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were used " +"to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration " +"files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:212 +msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:213 +msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:214 +msgid "" +"You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with " +"Odoo's built-in driver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:221 +msgid "Extra dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you " +"need to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:226 +msgid "``# pip --version``" +msgstr "``# pip --version``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:228 +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:234 +msgid "If it returns something like::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:232 +msgid "You need to try pip2 instead." +msgstr "U moet pip2 in de plaats gebruiken." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:238 +msgid "You can use pip." +msgstr "U kan pip gebruiken." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:240 +msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:242 +msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" +msgstr "``# pip install pyserial``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:244 +msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" +msgstr "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:246 +msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" +msgstr "``# pip install qrcode``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:249 +msgid "Access Rights" +msgstr "Toegangsrechten" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. " +"Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create " +"a group that has access to USB devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:255 +msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" +msgstr "``# groupadd usbusers``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:257 +msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:259 +msgid "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" +msgstr "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of " +"``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " +"``99-usbusers.rule`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the " +"following content::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:269 +msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:272 +msgid "Start the local Odoo instance" +msgstr "Start de lokale Odoo instantie" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:274 +msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:276 +msgid "" +"``$ ./odoo.py " +"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale, " +"hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" +msgstr "``$ ./odoo.py --load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale, hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:279 +msgid "Test the instance" +msgstr "Test de instantie" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to " +"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and " +"see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source of " +"errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by " +"the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, " +"the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:289 +msgid "Automatically start Odoo" +msgstr "Start automatisch Odoo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:291 +msgid "" +"You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after" +" boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your " +"particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is " +"probably the easiest way to accomplish this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` " +"or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine " +"that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:305 +msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:308 +msgid "Technical Overview" +msgstr "Technisch overzicht" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:311 +msgid "The POSBox Hardware" +msgstr "De POSBox Hardware" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 " +"`_, a popular " +"single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A micro-usb " +"power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. " +"The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this " +"hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:322 +msgid "Compatible Peripherals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:328 +msgid "The POSBox Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:330 +msgid "" +"The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian " +"derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of " +"Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are " +"implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` " +"and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only " +"used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored " +"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` " +"branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we " +"don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that " +"the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the POSBox. Linux" +" applications expect to be able to write to certain directories though. So " +"we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian automatically provides one " +"for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run " +"before all other init scripts by running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The " +"ramdisks are named /etc_ram and /var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc " +"and /var is copied to these tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of" +" the ramdisks, we do not copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related " +"data). We then bind mount them over the original directories. So when an " +"application writes to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to " +"/etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able " +"to get to the real /etc and /var during development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:355 +msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:357 +msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" +msgstr "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " +"POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " +"``posbox_*``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:364 +msgid "Accessing the POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:367 +msgid "Local Access" +msgstr "Lokale toegang" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:369 +msgid "" +"If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if" +" you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can " +"use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration " +"tasks, like viewing some logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:374 +msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:377 +msgid "Remote Access" +msgstr "Toegang van op afstand" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:379 +msgid "" +"If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " +"POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:384 +msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly " +"implemented features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:389 +msgid "" +"The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of " +"the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in " +"detail in `this tutorial `_, just " +"replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found at `the " +"official POSBox image page `_. This " +"method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of " +"the POSBox software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that " +"can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading " +"like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method " +"is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed " +"configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:405 +msgid "The internal Odoo application" +msgstr "De interne Odoo applicatie" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Scripts in the folder " +"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:408 +msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:411 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:414 +msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:416 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on " +"with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error " +"if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt " +"is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready" +" ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:425 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:428 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the " +"range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that " +"way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address. See the relevant " +"paragraph in the Setup chapter of this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:433 +msgid "" +"If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make " +"sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:436 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:437 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's" +" IP address in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:442 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "De Barcode Scanner werkt niet" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:444 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:448 +msgid "" +"The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:451 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:459 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "De Barcode Scanner werkt niet betrouwbaar" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:466 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:468 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some" +" preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:474 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:476 +msgid "" +"The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:481 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:483 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:488 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:490 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:494 +msgid "Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:495 +msgid "" +"The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind " +"help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del " +"Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:499 +msgid "" +"This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign" +" and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who " +"backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:503 +msgid "Camptocamp" +msgstr "Camptocamp" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:504 +msgid "BHC" +msgstr "BHC" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:505 +msgid "openBig" +msgstr "openBig" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:506 +msgid "Eeezee-IT" +msgstr "Eeezee-IT" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:507 +msgid "Solarsis LDA" +msgstr "Solarsis LDA" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:508 +msgid "ACSONE" +msgstr "ACSONE" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:509 +msgid "Vauxoo" +msgstr "Vauxoo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:510 +msgid "Ekomurz" +msgstr "Ekomurz" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:511 +msgid "Datalp" +msgstr "Datalp" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:512 +msgid "Dao Systems" +msgstr "Dao Systems" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:513 +msgid "Eggs Solutions" +msgstr "Eggs Solutions" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:514 +msgid "OpusVL" +msgstr "OpusVL" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:516 +msgid "" +"And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox" +" Bundle:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:519 +msgid "Willow IT" +msgstr "Willow IT" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:520 +msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" +msgstr "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:521 +msgid "Multibase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:522 +msgid "Mindesa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:523 +msgid "bpso.biz" +msgstr "bpso.biz" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:524 +msgid "Shine IT." +msgstr "Shine IT."